Document:

Indenture, dated January 29,2013

 Exhibit 4.1 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 COEUR D’ALENE MINES
CORPORATION 
 AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 7.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of January 29, 2013 
  

 
 THE BANK OF NEW
YORK MELLON 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture

Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
		
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	12.03
	 (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 12.05
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	12.05
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	N.A.
	 (e)
	  	N.A.
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 317(a)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 318(a)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 Page 
  

							
	ARTICLE 1.	  
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION	  
	BY REFERENCE	  
			
	Section 1.01	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	  	Other Definitions	  	 	25	  
	Section 1.03	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	26	  
	Section 1.04	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	26	  
	
	ARTICLE 2.	  
	THE NOTES	  
	Section 2.01	  	Form and Dating	  	 	27	  
	Section 2.02	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	27	  
	Section 2.03	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.04	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.05	  	Holder Lists	  	 	28	  
	Section 2.06	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	29	  
	Section 2.07	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	40	  
	Section 2.08	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.09	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	 	41	  
	Section 2.12	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	42	  
	Section 2.13	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	42	  
	
	ARTICLE 3.	  
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  
	Section 3.01	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	42	  
	Section 3.02	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	42	  
	Section 3.03	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	43	  
	Section 3.04	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.05	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.06	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.07	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	44	  
	Section 3.08	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	45	  
	Section 3.09	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds	  	 	45	  
	
	ARTICLE 4.	  
	COVENANTS	  
	Section 4.01	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	47	  
	Section 4.02	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	48	  
	Section 4.03	  	Reports	  	 	48	  
	Section 4.04	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	49	  

							
		  		  	 	Page	  
			
	Section 4.05	  	Taxes	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.06	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.07	  	Restricted Payments	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.08	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	53	  
	Section 4.09	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	55	  
	Section 4.10	  	Asset Sales	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.11	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	61	  
	Section 4.12	  	Liens	  	 	62	  
	Section 4.13	  	Business Activities	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.14	  	Corporate Existence	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.15	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.16	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.17	  	Payments for Consent	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.18	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.19	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.20	  	Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.21	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Political Risk Insurance Offer	  	 	67	  
	
	ARTICLE 5.	  
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	Section 5.01	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	 	68	  
	Section 5.02	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	69	  
	
	ARTICLE 6.	  
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	Section 6.01	  	Events of Default	  	 	69	  
	Section 6.02	  	Acceleration	  	 	71	  
	Section 6.03	  	Other Remedies	  	 	71	  
	Section 6.04	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.05	  	Control by Majority	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.06	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.07	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.08	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.09	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	74	  
	
	ARTICLE 7.	  
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	Section 7.01	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	74	  
	Section 7.02	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	75	  
	Section 7.03	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.04	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.05	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.06	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.07	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	77	  
	Section 7.08	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	77	  
	Section 7.09	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc	  	 	78	  

  
 ii 

							
		  		  	 	Page	  
			
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	78	  
	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	79	  
	
	ARTICLE 8.	  
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	Section 8.01	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	79	  
	Section 8.02	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	79	  
	Section 8.03	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	80	  
	Section 8.04	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	80	  
	Section 8.05	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	81	  
	Section 8.06	  	Repayment to Company	  	 	82	  
	Section 8.07	  	Reinstatement	  	 	82	  
	
	ARTICLE 9.	  
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	Section 9.01	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	82	  
	Section 9.02	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	83	  
	Section 9.03	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	84	  
	Section 9.04	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	84	  
	Section 9.05	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	85	  
	Section 9.06	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE 10.	  
	NOTE GUARANTEES	  
			
	Section 10.01	  	Guarantee	  	 	85	  
	Section 10.02	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	86	  
	Section 10.03	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	86	  
	Section 10.04	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	87	  
	Section 10.05	  	Releases	  	 	88	  
	
	ARTICLE 11.	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	Section 11.01	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	88	  
	Section 11.02	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	89	  
	
	ARTICLE 12.	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	Section 12.01	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	90	  
	Section 12.02	  	Notices	  	 	90	  
	Section 12.03	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	91	  
	Section 12.04	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	91	  
	Section 12.05	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.06	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.07	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.08	  	Governing Law	  	 	92	  

  
 iii

							
		  		  	 	Page	  
			
	Section 12.09	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.10	  	Successors.	  	 	93	  
	Section 12.11	  	Severability.	  	 	93	  
	Section 12.12	  	Counterpart Originals.	  	 	93	  
	Section 12.13	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	93	  
	Section 12.14	  	Waiver of Jury Trial.	  	 	93	  
	Section 12.15	  	Force Majeure.	  	 	93	  

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of January 29, 2013 among Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, an
Idaho corporation, the Guarantors (as defined) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. 
 The Company, the Guarantors and
the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 7.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”): 

ARTICLE 1. 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes in respect thereof)
issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For
purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or 
 (2) the excess
of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at
February 1, 2017 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(d) hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through 

  
 1 

 
February 1, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points;
over 
 (b) the principal amount of the Note. 

The Applicable Premium shall be calculated by the Company. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and
Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights by the Company or any of the Company’s
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of
Section 4.15 hereof and/or the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests in any of the
Company’s Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be
an Asset Sale: 
 (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair
Market Value of less than $10.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the
Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) the sale, lease or other transfer of products,
services or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business (including the sale of gold and gold bearing material pursuant to the Franco-Nevada Agreement and other sales under forward contracts) and any sale or other disposition of damaged,
worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in
the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as whole); 
 (5) the licensing
or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (6) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender
of contract, tort or other claims in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 2 

 (7) the granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof;

 (8) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(9) Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07 hereof or a Permitted Investment; 

(10) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets (which assets may include Capital Stock or any
securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, Capital Stock, but which assets may not include any Indebtedness) and Cash Equivalents) related to a Permitted Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of (a) $15.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate and
(b) $30.0 million shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided that the Company shall apply any cash or Cash Equivalents received in any such
exchange of assets as described in Section 4.10(b) hereof; 
 (11) the settlement or early termination of
any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and the settlement or early termination of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction; 
 (12) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring
or similar arrangements; 
 (13) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of preferred stock that is permitted by
Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (14) any sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness or other securities of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (15) sales of assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon
foreclosures on a Lien; 
 (16) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; and 

(17) any dispositions to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint
venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements. 
 “Attributable Debt”
in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction
including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in
accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital
Lease Obligation.” 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for
the relief of debtors. 

  
 3 

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and
Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms
“Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board
of Directors” means: 
 (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or
any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the
Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company,
the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect
to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has
the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal
Holiday. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the
liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due
under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty. 

“Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the
case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars, Canadian dollars, Australian dollars, New Zealand dollars, Mexican pesos, Argentine pesos, Chilean pesos and Bolivian bolivianos or such other local

  
 4 

 
currencies held by the Company and its Subsidiaries, or in a demand deposit account in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary, from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition and bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months, in each case, with any lender party to the Senior Credit Facility or with any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof
at least “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s, or carrying the equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); provided that Cash Equivalents may include certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits at a commercial bank that does not meet the ratings or
capital requirements set forth above, in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding, not to exceed, as of any date of calculation, $1.0 million; 
 (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution
meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper having one of the two
highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P, or carrying the equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments and, in each case, maturing within
one year after the date of acquisition; and 
 (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which
constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition. 
 “Change
of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any
Person (including any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)); 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which
is that any Person (including any “person” (as defined above)) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or 

(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing
Directors. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

  
 5 

 “Company” means Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, and any and all
successors thereto. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1) provision for
taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  

(2) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed
Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus  
 (3) any foreign currency
translation losses (including losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such losses were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net
Income; plus 
 (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash charge or expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges or expenses in
any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash charge or expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges or
expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (5) all unusual or non-recurring
charges or expenses and all restructuring charges; minus 
 (6) any foreign currency translation gains
(including gains related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such gains were taken into account in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

 (7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue
in the ordinary course of business, 
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income
(loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis (excluding the net income ( and loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person), determined in accordance with GAAP and without any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends; provided that: 
 (1) all extraordinary gains and losses and all
gains and losses realized in connection with any Asset Sale or the disposition of securities or the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, together with any related provision for taxes on any such gain or loss, will be excluded; 

  
 6 

 (2) the net income (and loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 

(3) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 (a)(3)(A)
hereof, the net income (and loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination
permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the
extent converted into cash) by such Person to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 

(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 

(5) non-cash gains and losses attributable to movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133 and non-cash mark-to-market adjustments in respect of the Franco-Nevada Agreement will be excluded; 
 (6) any amortization of deferred charges resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification 470-20—Debt With Conversion and Other Options will be excluded; 

(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off, including, without limitation, impairment charges or asset write-offs
related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case pursuant to GAAP, will be excluded; and 
 (8) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, director or employees will be excluded.

 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company that is available internally, minus all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected on such consolidated balance
sheet and minus total goodwill and other intangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected on such consolidated balance sheet, all calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, for
purposes of calculating “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” for purposes of testing the covenants under this Indenture in connection with any transaction, the total consolidated assets, current liabilities, total goodwill and other
intangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be adjusted to reflect any acquisitions and dispositions of assets that have occurred during the period from the date of the applicable balance sheet through the applicable date
of determination, including any such transactions occurring on the date of determination. 
 “continuing”
means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived. 

  
 7 

 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this
Indenture; or 
 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a
majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Convertible Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company (which may be Guaranteed by the Guarantors) permitted to be
incurred under the terms of this Indenture that is either (a) convertible into common stock of the Company (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common stock) or
(b) sold as units with call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common stock of the Company and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of
such common stock). 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the
Holders and the Company). 
 “Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without
limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities, indentures or debt security or note issuances, in each case, with banks, investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds or other institutional lenders or investors
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, other
borrowings, debt securities or note issuances, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to
institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian
with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Deemed Capitalized Leases” means
obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that are classified as “capital lease obligations” under GAAP due to the application of ASC Topic 840 or any subsequent pronouncement having similar effect and, except
for such regulation or pronouncement, such obligation would not constitute a Capital Lease Obligation. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued
in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto. 

  
 8 

 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole
or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision
of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration
received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is designated as “Designated Non-cash Consideration” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation,
less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms
of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such
Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any Convertible Indebtedness and any other debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

“Equity Offering” means a public or private sale either (1) of Equity Interests of the Company by the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock and other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) or (2) of Equity Interests of a direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (other than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) to the extent that the net
proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds” means the
aggregate cash proceeds received in respect of any Political Risk Insurance Event after the date of this Indenture, net of (i) all out-of-pocket fees, expenses and deductibles incurred in connection with obtaining such proceeds and
(ii) any such proceeds applied within 30 days of the receipt of such proceeds to repay Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any premium or accrued interest thereon) that is secured by a Lien (including, for the avoidance of
doubt, the repayment of loans and cash-collateralization of letters of credit under the Senior Credit Facility). 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 

  
 9 

 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
the Senior Credit Facility and Indebtedness described in clauses (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13) or (15) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

 “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller
in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party. Fair Market Value shall be conclusively determined in good faith by (i) the Company’s Board of Directors and set forth in a resolution of the Company’s Board of
Directors or (ii) if an Officer of the Company determines in good faith that the Fair Market Value is less than $50.0 million, an Officer of the Company and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise
discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior
to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect (determined in accordance
with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but including any Pro Forma Cost Savings) to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or
redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including all related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but including all Pro Forma Cost Savings) as if
they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period; 
 (2) the Consolidated EBITDA
attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 

  
 10 

 (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will
be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; 
 (5) any Person
that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and 

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as
if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date
in excess of 12 months). 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than (x) any non-cash interest income or expense
attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, the accretion of the Franco-Nevada royalty obligation under the
Franco-Nevada Agreement), the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations (but excluding any interest expense attributable to Deemed Capitalized Leases),
imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to
Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus 
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus 
 (3) any interest
on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon;
plus 
 (4) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on
any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in
each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; plus  
 (5) any amortization of
deferred charges resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification 470-20—Debt With Conversion and Other Options that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash settlement); plus 

(6) without duplication, the financing cash flows payable to Franco-Nevada Corporation under the Franco-Nevada Agreement.

  
 11 

 “Franco-Nevada Agreement” means the gold production royalty transaction
entered into by Coeur Mexicana S.A. de C.V. and Franco-Nevada Corporation on January 1, 2009, as in effect on the Issue Date and as may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment,
modification, supplement, extension or renewal is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of Notes in any material respect than the terms of the agreement in effect on the Issue Date. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend
set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global
Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction form the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government
Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without
limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to
purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise). 

“Guarantors” means any Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of
this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

  
 12 

 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the
obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from
floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2) commodity futures
contracts, commodity swaps and commodity options; 
 (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage
interest rates or interest rate risk; and 
 (4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person
against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, any agreements or arrangements related to a
Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction will not constitute a Hedging Obligation. 
 “Holder” means
a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect
to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes,
debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (3)
in respect of banker’s acceptances; 
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in
respect of sale and leaseback transactions; 
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase
price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other
than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, but excluding Deemed Capitalized Leases. In addition, the term
“Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the
specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would
otherwise increase or decrease an amount of 

  
 13 

 
Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 “Initial Notes” means the first $300 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture
on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchaser” means (i) Barclays Capital Inc. and (ii) with respect to
each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related purchase agreement. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
 “Investments” means,
with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified
as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market
Value of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person
that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third
Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c) hereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value. 
 “Issue Date” means the date of original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or
at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no
interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter
of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or
otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or

  
 14 

 
agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such
Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case,
after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and any reserve for adjustment or indemnification obligations in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with
GAAP. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and 

(2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the
preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes in respect thereof and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to
the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes in respect thereof and any Additional Notes. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other
liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the
final offering memorandum, dated January 24, 2013, relating to the offering of the Notes. 
 “Officer”
means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company, except that with respect to any annual compliance certificate delivered
pursuant to this Indenture, such term means only the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, or the Chief Accounting Officer of the Company. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 

  
 15 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means any call or capped call option (or substantively equivalent derivative
transaction) on the Company’s common stock purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of any Convertible Indebtedness; provided that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, less the proceeds
received by the Company from the sale of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction, does not exceed the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of such Convertible Indebtedness issued in connection with the Permitted Bond Hedge
Transaction. 
 “Permitted Business” means: 

(1) the acquisition, exploration, development, operation and disposition of mining and precious or base metal processing
properties and assets; and 
 (2) any other business that is the same as, or reasonably related, ancillary or
complementary to, the business described in clause (1) or to any of the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this Indenture. 

“Permitted Business Investments” means Investments made in (A) the ordinary course of, or of a nature that are
customary in, the mining business as a means of exploiting, exploring for, acquiring, developing, processing, gathering, producing, transporting or marketing gold, silver or other precious or base metals used, useful or created in the mining
business, including through agreements, acquisitions, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to share (or have the effect of sharing) risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding ownership or satisfy other
customary objectives in the mining business, and in any event including, without limitation, Investments made in connection with or in the form of (i) direct or indirect ownership interests in mining properties, gathering or upgrading systems
or facilities and (ii) operating agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, pooling agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership or limited liability company agreements (whether general or
limited), or other similar or customary agreements, transactions, properties, interests or arrangements, and Investments and expenditures in connection therewith or pursuant thereto; and (B) Persons engaged in a Permitted Business. 

“Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction” means any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and any Permitted
Warrant Transaction. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 

  
 16 

 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all
of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; 

(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of
(A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the
bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 
 (7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 
 (8)
repurchases of the Notes; 
 (9) any guarantee of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Section 4.09
hereof; provided that if such Indebtedness can only be incurred by the Company or Guarantors, then such guarantees are only permitted by this clause to the extent made by the Company or a Guarantor, and (ii) performance guarantees with
respect to obligations incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are permitted by this Indenture; 
 (10) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the date of this Indenture and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment
existing on, or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the date of this Indenture; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the date
of this Indenture or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (11) Investments acquired after the
date of this Indenture as a result of the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of another Person, including by way of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof after the date of this Indenture to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were
in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 
 (12) Permitted Business
Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(12) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed, as of the date any such Investment is made, the greater of (x) $375.0 million and (y) 12.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of such Investment; 

(13) Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions which constitute Investments; 

  
 17 

 (14) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of operating
leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(15) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 (16) Investments in the nature of pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third
parties in the ordinary course of business; 
 (17) Investments in escrow or trust funds in the ordinary course
of business; and 
 (18) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the
date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed, as of the date of
such Investment, the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 1.75% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of the date of such Investment. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) Liens on assets of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing (a) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, when taken together with all other Indebtedness secured pursuant to this clause (1) not to exceed, as of
any date of incurrence, the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 6.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of such date of incurrence and (b) all related Obligations; provided that if the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries applies any Political Risk Insurance Proceeds to repay any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, such amount under clause (x) shall be reduced to $175.0 million, following such repayments in an aggregate amount equal to or
exceeding $50.0 million and less than $100.0 million since the date of this Indenture and shall be reduced to $150.0 million, following such repayments in an aggregate amount equal to or exceeding $100.0 million since the date of this Indenture;

 (2) Liens on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness consisting of
Hedging Obligations or Treasury Management Arrangements; 
 (3) Liens in favor of the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (4) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (5) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition
of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 

  
 18 

 (6) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, insurance,
surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including Liens to secure letters of credit issued to assure payment of such obligations); 

(7) Liens to secure Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations (other than Deemed Capitalized Leases), mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness, when
taken together with all other Indebtedness secured pursuant to this clause (7), not to exceed, as of any date of incurrence, the greater of (x) $80.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of such date of incurrence;
provided that such Liens apply only to the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 
 (8)
Liens existing on the date of this Indenture (other than Liens permitted under clause (1)); 
 (9) Liens for
taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 
 (10) Liens imposed by law, such as
carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other
restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the
business of such Person; 
 (12) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note
Guarantees); 
 (13) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this
Indenture; provided, however, that: 
 (a) the new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property and
assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the
outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and
expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge; 

  
 19 

 (14) Liens on insurance policies and proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to
secure insurance premium financings; 
 (15) filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements as a
precautionary measure in connection with operating leases; 
 (16) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff, Liens
arising out of judgments or awards not constituting an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been
made; 
 (17) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance,
discharge or redemption of Indebtedness; 
 (18) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods (and the
proceeds thereof) of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade-related letters of credit permitted under Section 4.09 hereof issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the
account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (19)
grants of intellectual property licenses (including software and other technology licenses) in the ordinary course of business; 
 (20) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(21) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security and employee health and disability benefits (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements); 

(22) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(23) with respect to any lease or sublease entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in ordinary course of
business as a lessee, tenant, subtenant or other occupant, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created or assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or sublandlord of such leased real
property encumbering such landlord’s or sublandlord’s interest in such leased real property; 
 (24)
Liens securing the Franco-Nevada Agreement; 
 (25) Liens on the assets of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is not a Guarantor and which secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary (or of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor) that are permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof; and

 (26) other Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company with respect to obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, when taken together with all other Indebtedness secured pursuant 

  
 20 

 
to this clause (26), not to exceed, as of any date of incurrence, the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of such date of incurrence.

 Liens to secure Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will
initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on clause (1) of this definition of “Permitted Liens.” 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums,
incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is (a) equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged
or (b) more than 90 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; 
 (3) if the Indebtedness being
renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders
of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or
discharged and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 
 “Permitted Warrant Transaction” means any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantively equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s common stock sold by the
Company substantially concurrently with any purchase by the Company of a related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Political Risk Insurance
Event” means any event resulting in the receipt of any proceeds under political risk insurance covering the San Bartolomé Mine (including with respect to any expropriation, political violence or currency inconvertibility related to
the San Bartolomé Mine) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 21 

 “Political Risk Insurance Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds
received in respect of any Political Risk Insurance Event after the date of this Indenture, net of all out-of-pocket fees, expenses and deductibles incurred in connection with obtaining such proceeds. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued
under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Pro Forma Cost
Savings” means, with respect to any four-quarter period, the reduction in net costs and expenses that: 

(1) the Company determines in good faith were directly attributable to an acquisition, Investment, disposition, merger,
consolidation or discontinued operation or other specified action that occurred during the four-quarter period or after the end of the four-quarter period and on or prior to the Calculation Date; 

(2) were actually implemented prior to the Calculation Date in connection with or as a result of an acquisition,
Investment, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation or other specified action and that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records; or 

(3) relate to an acquisition, Investment, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation or other specified
action and that the Company reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within six months of the date of the closing of the acquisition, Investment, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued
operation or specified action. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule
144A. 
 “Qualifying Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Company other than (1) Disqualified
Stock and (2) Equity Interests sold in an Equity Offering prior to the third anniversary of the date of this Indenture that are eligible to be used to support an optional redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2013, among the
Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements
among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such
Additional Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in
reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means
any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer 

  
 22 

 
of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other
officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group. 

“San Bartolomé Mine” means the silver mine owned by Empresa Minera Manquiri, S.A. located in Bolivia. 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Senior Credit Facility” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2012,
by and among Coeur Alaska, Inc. and Coeur Rochester, Inc., as borrowers, the Company and certain Subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, providing for up to $100.0 million of revolving credit
borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or
after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined
in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture. 

  
 23 

 “Special Interest” has the meaning assigned to that term pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the date of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and
after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership or limited liability company of which (a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership
interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership
interests or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overdraft, credit
or debit card, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of the earlier of (a) such
redemption date or (b) the date on which such Notes are defeased or satisfied and discharged, of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15
(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the
redemption date to February 1, 2017; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to February 1, 2017, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a
constant maturity of one year will be used. Any such Treasury Rate shall be obtained by the Company. 

“Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means
a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 24 

 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is
not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the
Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

(2) except as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those
that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; and 
 (3) is a Person
with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition
or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results. 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S.
Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any specified
Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making
of such payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.15	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  

  
 25 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined
in
Section	 
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.10	  
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Political Risk Insurance Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.07	  
	 “Special Interest Notice”
	  	 	4.22	  

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with
GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” is not limiting; 

  
 26 

 (5) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular; 
 (6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(8) references to sections of or rules under the Exchange Act, the Securities Act or the TIA will be deemed to include
substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2. 

THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01
Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by
Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to
transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 
 At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 

  
 27 

 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The
signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee
will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any
Additional Notes and Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except
as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the
Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the
same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially
appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company may change the Depositary at any time without notice to any Holder, but the Company will notify the Trustee of the name
and address of any new Depositary. 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to
act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any
such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to
the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the
Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 

  
 28 

 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee (a) semi-annually at least seven Business Days before
each interest payment date a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to furnish or cause to be furnished such
list at any time that the list shall not differ in any respect from the most recent list furnished to the Trustee by the Company and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing within 30 days after the receipt by the Company
of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 

Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary
or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 

(1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for
Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3) there has occurred and is
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in
(1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global
Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or
(f) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions
on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as
well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer

  
 29 

 
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S
Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

 

	 	(A)	both: 

 (i) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount
equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
  

	 	(B)	both: 

 (i) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 
 Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt
by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 

(3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted
Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

  
 30 

 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

(4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an
exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who
is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by
a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the holder of
such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an

  
 31 

 
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
 Beneficial
interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 

(1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in
subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global 

  
 32 

 
Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct
the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal

  
 33 

 
amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to
the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and
in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such
Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such
Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is
being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 

(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 

  
 34 

 
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted
Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 

(2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in
the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such
case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with
the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel
the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. 

  
 35 

 
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal
amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will
be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a Broker-Dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 36 

 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the
Registrar receives the following: 
 (i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange
such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the
occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 

(1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of
the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 
 (2)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that
(A) they are not Broker-Dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global
Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

  
 37 

 (g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by
subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT
BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR
(5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (B) TO US, ANY OF THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR SUBSIDIARIES AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE BLUE SKY LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES,
AND ANY SELLER AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.” 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2),
(c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE 

  
 38 

 
DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS
CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11
hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and
if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be
made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i)
General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (1) To permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 

(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive
Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes
or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 

  
 39 

 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a
period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a
record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 
 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration
of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes
and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 (9) The
Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Notes (including
any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and
when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions
taken or not taken by the Depositary. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the
Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its
expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all
of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

  
 40 

 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it
for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof,
a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a)
hereof.  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser and shall be deemed cancelled for all purposes. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding, shall be deemed cancelled and interest on it ceases to accrue. 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or
maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding, shall be deemed cancelled, and will cease to accrue interest. 

Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in
relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 
 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates representing Notes
are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange
Act) in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of canceled securities. Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes will be delivered 

  
 41 

 
to the Company upon written request therefor. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the
Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on
each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for
such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that
states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers.

 The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall
use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the
Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3. 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
  

	 	(1)	the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

 

	 	(2)	the redemption date; 

  

	 	(3)	the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

  

	 	(4)	the redemption price. 

 Section 3.02
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an
offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes issued in global form pursuant to Article 2 hereof, by lot or otherwise in accordance with applicable
procedures of DTC) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. 

  
 42 

 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed
or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note
selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; provided that no Notes of
$2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail (or, in the
case of Notes issued in global form, electronic transmission), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed (or electronically transmitted to DTC) more
than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP number, if any) and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the
original Note; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that no representation is made
as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the
Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days

  
 43 

 
prior to the redemption date (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the
information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become
irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 Section 3.05
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will
deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will
promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Special Interest, if any, on all Notes to
be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption
or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date,
then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or
purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 Section 3.06 Notes
Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 

Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At any time prior to February 1, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (calculated
after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes), upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 107.875% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special
Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), with an amount of cash no greater than the net cash proceeds of all Equity
Offerings by the Company since the Issue Date; provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes 

  
 44 

 
held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 

(b) At any time prior to February 1, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of
redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to February 1, 2017. 

(d) On or after February 1, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of
redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

  

					
	Year	  	Percentage	 
	 2017
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this
Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory
Redemption. 
 The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds. 

In the event that, pursuant to Sections 4.10 and 4.21 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase
Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer” or a “Political Risk Insurance Offer,” respectively), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture
with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Political Risk Insurance Offer shall be made to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari

  
 45 

 
passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of political risk insurance
covering the San Bartolomé Mine. The Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to
the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all
Excess Proceeds or Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds, as applicable (the “Offer Amount”), to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of
Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer,
as applicable. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the
Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer or a Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, the Company will send, by first class
mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk
Insurance Offer, as applicable. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, will state: 

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 or Section 4.21, as applicable, hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable will remain open; 

(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer or Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Political Risk Insurance Offer, as
applicable, may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer or any Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three
days before the Purchase Date; 

  
 46 

 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company,
the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the
Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and the applicable
agent will select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes (or, in the case of Notes issued in global form, in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) and
such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof, will be purchased); and 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new
Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or
cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.
The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes
tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book
entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly
announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer or the Political Risk Insurance Offer, as applicable, on the Purchase Date. 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4. 

COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01
Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and
Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the Business Day prior to the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying
Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and
interest, if any, then due. The Company will pay all Special Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 47 

 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where
Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate
one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any
manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of
any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
 Section 4.03 Reports.

 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will
furnish to the Trustee and to the Holders of Notes (or file with the SEC for public availability), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations: 

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
were required to file such reports, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified
independent accountants; and 
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form
8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in
accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will file a copy of each of the reports
referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and will post the
reports on its website within those time periods. The Company will at all times comply with TIA §314(a). 

  
 48 

 If, at any time after consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration
Rights Agreement, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs with the SEC within the
time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the
Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial
information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted
Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file
with the SEC the reports required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (d) Delivery of such reports, information
and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate). 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each
Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further
stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance
or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special
Interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end
financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the
examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has

  
 49 

 
occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain
knowledge of any such violation. 
 (c) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee,
forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

Section 4.05 Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of
interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

  
 50 

 (4) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), 
 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted
Payment; 
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (11) and (13) of paragraph (b) of this
Section 4.07), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of
the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus  

(B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, of property and marketable securities received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company (other than in a
Permitted Warrant Transaction) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Company or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for
Qualifying Equity Interests of the Company (other than Qualifying Equity Interests and convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 

(C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this Indenture is (a) sold or
otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid, or (b) made in an entity that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor, the initial amount of such Restricted Investment (or, if less, the amount of cash or the
fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of property and marketable securities, in each case received upon repayment or sale); plus 

(D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the date of this Indenture is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Restricted Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or (ii) such Fair

  
 51 

 
Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture; plus 

(E) 100% of any dividends received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors, of property and marketable securities received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after the date of this Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends
were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any
irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the
provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of or with the
net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the
Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will not be considered to be net proceeds of Qualifying Equity Interests for purposes of Section 4.07(a)(3)(B) and will not
be considered to be net cash proceeds from an Equity Offering for purposes of Section 3.07 of this Indenture; 
 (3) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests
on a pro rata basis; 
 (4) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
value of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(5) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan, shareholders’ agreement or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or arrangement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed,
acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $15.0 million in any twelve-month period (with unused amounts in any twelve-month period being carried over to the next succeeding twelve-month period, but no further); 

(6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options to the extent such Equity
Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options; 
 (7) so long as no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or 

  
 52 

 
series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the date of this Indenture in accordance with the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; 
 (8) payments of cash, dividends, distributions,
advances or other Restricted Payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon (i) the exercise of options or warrants or (ii) the conversion or
exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 
 (9) the making of cash payments in connection with any
conversion of Convertible Indebtedness in an aggregate amount since the date of this Indenture not to exceed the sum of (a) the principal amount of such Convertible Indebtedness plus (b) any payments received by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction; 
 (10) any payments in connection with a Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and the settlement of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction (a) by delivery of shares of the Company’s common stock
upon net share settlement thereof or (b) by (i) set-off against the related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and (ii) payment of an early termination amount thereof in common stock upon any early termination thereof; 

(11) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Indebtedness that is contractually
subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (a) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to provisions similar to Section 4.15 hereof or
(b) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to Section 4.10 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with the
related Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 (12) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the purchase of Equity Interests of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million since the date of this
Indenture; and 
 (13) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, other Restricted
Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million since the date of this Indenture. 
 (c) The amount of all Restricted
Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the
Trustee. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

  
 53 

 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that
the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital
Stock); 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood
that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.08(a)). 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any
amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings, in the good faith judgment of the Company, (x) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this
Indenture and (y) will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal and interest payments on the Notes when due; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (3)
agreements governing other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided
that in the good faith judgment of the Company, such encumbrances and restrictions will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal and interest payments on the Notes when due; 

(4) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(5) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (6) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, subleases, licenses and other contracts entered
into in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 54 

 (7) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course
of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof; 

(8) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted
Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 

(9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, the encumbrances
and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (x) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced and
(y) will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make anticipated principal and interest payments on the Notes when due; 
 (10) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 

(11) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale
agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements (including agreements entered into in connection with a Restricted Investment), which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such
agreements; and 
 (12) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur,
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any
Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and the
Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness
(collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the incurrence by the Company and any Guarantor of
Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum amount drawable
thereunder) not to exceed, as of any date of incurrence, the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 6.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of such date of 

  
 55 

 
incurrence; provided that if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries applies any Political Risk Insurance Proceeds to repay any Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, such amount
under clause (x) shall be reduced to $175.0 million, following such repayments in an aggregate amount equal to or exceeding $50.0 million and less than $100.0 million since the date of this Indenture and shall be reduced to $150.0 million,
following such repayments in an aggregate amount equal to or exceeding $100.0 million since the date of this Indenture. 
 (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 
 (3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture and the Exchange Notes and the
related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (4) the incurrence by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations (other than Deemed Capitalized Leases), mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all
or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount at any time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed, as of any date of incurrence, the greater of
(x) $80.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of such date of incurrence; 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange
for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or
clauses (2), (3), (4), (5) or (16) of this Section 4.09(b); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 

(A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor,
such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and 

(B) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

  
 56 

 (7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 

(A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (B) any sale or other transfer of
any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, 
 will be deemed,
in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7);  
 (8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness consisting of Hedging Obligations or Treasury Management Arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 (9) the guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the extent that the guaranteed Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu
with the Notes, then the Guarantee must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property,
casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance, bid, surety, appeal, reclamation, remediation and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) provided in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising
from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(12) Indebtedness of any Person incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person became a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or was acquired by, or merged into or arranged or consolidated with, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series
of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided, however, that on the date that such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise
acquired by the Company, either: (a) the Company would have been able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (12); or
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been greater than such ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, arrangement or consolidation, in each case after giving effect to the
incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (12); 
 (13) Indebtedness consisting of unpaid insurance
premiums owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability or other insurance to the Company or any Restricted 

  
 57 

 
Subsidiary in any fiscal year, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred only to defer the cost of such unpaid
insurance premiums for such fiscal year and is outstanding only during such fiscal year; 
 (14) Indebtedness of
the Company, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are substantially concurrently (a) used to purchase Notes tendered in connection with a Change of Control Offer or (b) deposited to defease the Notes pursuant to Articles 8 hereof or
pursuant to Article 11 hereof; 
 (15) Indebtedness under the Franco-Nevada Agreement; and 

(16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16),
not to exceed, as of any date of incurrence, the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as of such date of incurrence. 
 The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the
Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such other Indebtedness; provided, however, that no
Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more
than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the
date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and
authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt. The accrual of interest or preferred stock dividends, the
accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the reclassification of preferred stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting
principles, and the payment of dividends on preferred stock or Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of
preferred stock or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S.
dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be utilized, calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was incurred. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed
to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness
outstanding as of any date will be: 

  
 58 

 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount; 
 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other
Indebtedness; and 
 (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the
specified Person, the lesser of: 
 (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 

Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement with respect to such Asset Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the
form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their
terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against
further liability; 
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are contemporaneously, subject to ordinary settlement periods, converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; 

(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale
having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 1.75%
of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value); and 
 (D) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (3) or
(5) of the next paragraph of this Section 4.10. 

  
 59 

 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company
(or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to repay
Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien; 
 (2) to repay Obligations under other Indebtedness (other than
Disqualified Stock or subordinated Indebtedness), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce the Obligations under the Notes as provided under
Section 3.07 hereof, through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all
Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount accrued but unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the amount of the Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; 

(3) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after
giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) to make a capital expenditure; or 
 (5) to acquire other assets
that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; 
 provided that, in the case
of clauses (3) and (5) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the
good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of the date thereof; provided that if any commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied,
then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds from and after the date of such cancelation or termination. 
 Pending
the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 (c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) hereof will
constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, within five days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that
is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase,
prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that
may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase,
prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset
Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed
in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, 

  
 60 

 
the Trustee will select the Notes and the applicable agent shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes issued in
global form, in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC), based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000,
or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 (d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase
any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”)
involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate
Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and 
 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing. 
 (b) The following items will be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 

(1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement or any similar
arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto; 
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  
 61 

 (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the
Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 

(4) payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements of expenses (pursuant to indemnity arrangements or
otherwise) of officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company; 
 (6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof and Permitted Investments; 
 (7) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, modification,
supplement, extension or renewal is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of Notes in any material respect than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date; 

(8) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by,
merged into or amalgamated, arranged or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, arrangement or
consolidation and any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of Notes in any material respect than the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation,
arrangement or consolidation); 
 (9) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; and 
 (10) any transaction
or series of related transactions for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries delivers to the Trustee an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary of such transaction or series of related
transactions from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national recognized standing qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

Section 4.12 Liens. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless contemporaneously therewith: 

(1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee,
effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be; and 

  
 62 

 (2) in the case of any Lien securing Indebtedness subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is prior to
the Lien securing such subordinated Indebtedness. 
 Section 4.13 Business Activities. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses,
except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.14
Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect: 
 (1) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or
other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and 

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the
date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the
Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 
 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; 

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the
date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not
tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change
of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 63 

 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are
being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof. In connection with the tender of any Notes with respect to a Change of Control, the tendering Holder of Notes shall provide good title to the Notes, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and shall represent and warrant that such
Holder of Notes is presenting good title, free and clear of all Liens and encumbrances, and such other representations and warranties as are customary. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in
connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue of such compliance. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 

(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 The Paying
Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly
authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control
Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements 

  
 64 

 
set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to
Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 
 (d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change
of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made. 
 (e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as pursuant to Section 4.15(c) hereof, purchases all
of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer pursuant to this Section 4.15, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of
Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption. 
 Section 4.16 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback
Transactions. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and
leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: 
 (1) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test in Section 4.09(a) hereof and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof; and 

(2) the transfer of assets in that sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of
such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 Section 4.17 Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to
all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.18 Additional Note Guarantees. 
 The Company will cause each
of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor and that becomes a borrower or guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, any other Indebtedness of the Company, which other
Indebtedness exceeds $20.0 million in aggregate principal amount, to become a Guarantor by executing a supplemental indenture and delivering an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 10 Business Days thereafter to the effect that such
supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by that Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of that Restricted Subsidiary, 

  
 65 

 
enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). The form of such supplemental indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto. 

Section 4.19 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would
not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as
Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted
Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of
Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would
fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any
time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning
of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 

Section 4.20 Changes in Covenants When Notes Rated Investment Grade 
 (a) If on any date following the date of this Indenture: 
 (1) the
Notes are rated Baa3 or better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by S&P (or, if either such entity ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any other
“nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency); and 

(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, 

then, beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of Section 4.20(c), the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11,
4.16(1)(a) and (2), 4.18 and 5.01(4) of this Indenture will be suspended. 

  
 66 

 (b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company’s
Board of Directors may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.19 hereof or the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the rating assigned by either such rating agency should subsequently decline to below Baa3 or BBB-,
respectively, the covenants specified in Section 4.20(a) will be reinstituted as of and from the date of such rating decline. Calculations under the reinstated Section 4.07 hereof will be made as if Section 4.07 hereof had been in
effect since the date of this Indenture except that no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of a Restricted Payment made while that covenant was suspended or for any other failure to comply with any suspended
covenants during a period when the covenants were suspended. 
 Section 4.21 Offer to Repurchase Upon Political Risk Insurance
Offer. 
 (a) When the aggregate amount of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving
effect to the application of amounts paid or to be paid as described in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds) exceeds $10.0 million, within five Business Days thereof, the Company will make a
Political Risk Insurance Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or
redeem with the proceeds of political risk insurance covering the San Bartolomé Mine in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
(plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds. The offer
price in any Political Risk Insurance Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds remain after consummation of a Political Risk Insurance Offer, the Company may use
those Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in
connection with) such Political Risk Insurance Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the applicable agent shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on
a pro rata basis (or, in case of Notes issued in global form by lot or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange, based on the amounts tendered or required to be
prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased). Upon completion of each Political Risk
Insurance Offer, the amount of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 (b) The Company will comply
with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Political Risk
Insurance Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.21, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations
and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.21 by virtue of such compliance. 

Section 4.22 Special Interest Notice. 

  
 67 

 In the event that the Company is required to pay Special Interest to Holders of Notes
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (a “Special Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Special Interest no later than fifteen days prior to the proposed payment date for
the Special Interest, and the Special Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Special Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Notes to
determine the Special Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent, or calculation of the amount of Special Interest owed, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Special Interest. 

ARTICLE 5. 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge
with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 
 (1) either:

 (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or 

(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; and, if such entity is not a corporation, a
co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under any such laws; 
 (2) the Person formed by
or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 

(4) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter period (i) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (ii) have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
greater than the actual Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company for such four-quarter period; and 
 (5) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that any such event complies with the foregoing. 

  
 68 

 In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. 
 This Section 5.01 will not apply to any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
between or among any one or more of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries. Clauses (3) and (4) of this Section 5.01 will not apply to (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries for any purpose or (b) with or into an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction. 
 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 
 Upon any
consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of,
Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted
for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person
and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall
not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that
complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6. 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes; 

(2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any,
on the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with
Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after
notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof; 

(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal 

  
 69 

 
amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 

(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or
is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of,
premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more; 
 (7) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, to pay final judgments (net of any amounts covered by insurance policies issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurance company that is not contesting liability
for such amounts) entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days; 

(8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that,
taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or
ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; 

(9) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 
 (B) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or
for all or substantially all of its property, 

  
 70 

 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 (E) generally is unable to pay its debts as they become due; and 

(10) a court of competent jurisdiction enters a final non-appealable order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the final non-appealable order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 consecutive days. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 In the case of an Event of Default
specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 Upon
any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, if the rescission
would not conflict with any judgment or decree, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes. 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes
or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if
it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in 

  
 71 

 
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any,
on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any
related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

 Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 No Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with such request
within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day
period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Note, on or

  
 72 

 
after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to
the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property
and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments
to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts
due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money,
securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of
any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment
of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

  
 73 

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of
a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7. 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 

(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is
proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee will not be
liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 

  
 74 

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of
this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder
has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee
will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any
Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the
Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole
cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation 

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind
whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) 

  
 75 

 
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action 

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the
Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for
permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds
from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and
it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it
occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section 7.06 Reports
by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the
date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a)
has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be 

  
 76 

 
transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Company shall from time to time agree in writing. The
Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it
in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities or expenses, including taxes (other than taxes based upon,
measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the
Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any
of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.
Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may
have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 

(c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, particular Notes. Such Lien will
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in clause (9) or (10) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA §313(b)(2) to the extent
applicable. 
 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

  
 77 

 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will
become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b)
The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Company, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to
comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become
effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act
will be the successor Trustee. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

  
 78 

 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a
combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject
to TIA §310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8. 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate,
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been
discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 

(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any,
interest or Special Interest, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 

(4) this Article 8. 

  
 79 

 Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this
Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant
Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08,
4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20 and 4.21 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are
satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any
thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose,
Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not
constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5), (6), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute
Events of Default. 
 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of,
premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased
to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of an election under
Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an opinion of U.S. tax counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that: 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for

  
 80 

 
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof,
the Company must deliver to the Trustee an opinion of U.S. tax counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result
of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default
or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Company or
any of the Guarantors is bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate
stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others;
and 
 (7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05
Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to
Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”)
pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, but such money
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee
against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this
Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized 

  
 81 

 
investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the
Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if
any, interest or Special Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look
only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and
that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may
be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9.

 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding
Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees: 

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and
Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof; 

(3) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 

  
 82 

 (4) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (5) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, or
the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a
provision of this Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees, which intent may be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to that effect; 
 (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof; or 

(7) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such
amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized
or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 4.21 hereof) and the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation,
Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing
Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation,
Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchaser of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which
Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company
accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as
aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or
supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental
indenture. 

  
 83 

 It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment,
supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07
hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect
to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 4.21 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of
Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes; 
 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 4.21 hereof); 

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

  
 84 

 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any
such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.
The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of
the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to
Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental
indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10. 

NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and
its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, on, interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in
full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to
the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

  
 85 

 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance
of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or
otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that
it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether
or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does
not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be

  
 86 

 
endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature
is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee
set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries
that is not a Guarantor becomes a borrower or guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility or Guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company, which other Indebtedness exceeds $20.0 million in aggregate principal amount, the Company will cause such
Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the Notes on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
 Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(2) either: 
 (A) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes
all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or 

(B) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, including without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof. 
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or
conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance
of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor
Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so
issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees 

  
 87 

 
theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(A) and (B) above, nothing contained in this Indenture
or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor. 
 Section 10.05 Releases. 
 (a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released: 
 (1) in
connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.10 hereof and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of the sale or other disposition; 

(3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (4) if the Guarantor ceases to be a borrower or guarantor
under all Credit Facilities and is released or discharged from all obligations thereunder and such Guarantor is released or discharged from its Guarantee of any other Indebtedness of the Company in excess of $20.0 million in aggregate principal
amount, including the Guarantee that resulted in the obligation of such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes; provided that if such Person has incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its status as a Guarantor under Section 4.09 hereof such
Guarantor’s obligations under such Indebtedness, as the case may be, so incurred are satisfied in full and discharged or are otherwise permitted to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under Section 4.09 hereof;
or 
 (5) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof. 
 (b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under
its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this
Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 
 ARTICLE 11. 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

  
 88 

 (1) either: 

(A) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and
Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (B) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within
one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination
thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal of, premium on, if any, interest
and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (2) in respect of subclause
(B) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to
which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and
any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and in each case the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings); 
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case
may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all
conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01
will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions
of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, 

  
 89 

 
of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any
Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of,
premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government
Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 12. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will control. 
 Section 12.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company,
any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or any electronic means Trustee and the Company agree
to accept, overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any
Guarantor: 
 Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation 
 505 Front Avenue 
 Coeur d’Alene, Idaho 83814 

Facsimile No.: (208) 667-2213 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 With a copy to: 

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP 
 200 Park Avenue 
 New York, New York 10166 

Facsimile No.: (212) 351-5316 
 Attention: Steven Shoemate 
 If to the Trustee: 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
 101 Barclay Street, Floor 4E 

  
 90 

 New York, New York 10286 

Facsimile No.: (212) 815-5366 
 Attention: Global Americas – Coeur d’Alene RM 
 The Company, any
Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited
in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile or other electronic means; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt
requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA §313(c), to the extent required
by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail,
pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen
signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or
instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses,
costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to
assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and
misuse by third parties. 
 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA §312(c). 

Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 

  
 91 

 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 

Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) must comply with the
provisions of TIA §314(e) and must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will
have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 

Section 12.08 Governing Law. 
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of
Other Agreements. 

  
 92 

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of
the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 12.10 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this
Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 
 Section 12.11 Severability.

 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12 Counterpart
Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. 
 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.14 Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH OF THE COMPANY, EACH
GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 12.15 Force Majeure. 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its
control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities,
communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under
the circumstances. 
 [Signatures on following pages] 

  
 93 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of January 29, 2013 
  

			
	COEUR D’ALENE MINES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR ALASKA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR EXPLORATIONS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR ROCHESTER, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR SOUTH AMERICA CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
		 	AS TRUSTEE
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Catherine F. Donohue

	Name:	 	Catherine F. Donohue
	Title:	 	Vice President

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDENTURE]

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

[Face of Note] 
  

 
 CUSIP/CINS
                     

7.875% Senior Notes due 2021 
  

			
	No.     	 	$            

 COEUR D’ALENE MINES CORPORATION 
 promises to pay to              or registered assigns, 
 the principal sum of                      on January 29, 2021. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 
 Dated:
                     
  

			
	COEUR D’ALENE MINES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

			
	 This is one of the Notes referred to
 in the within-mentioned Indenture:

	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
   as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
  

  
 A-1

 [Back of Note] 
 7.875% Senior Notes due 2021 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1)
INTEREST. Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, an Idaho corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.875% per annum
from             ,          until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred
to below. The Company will pay interest and Special Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an
“Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that, if this Note is authenticated
between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
                    . The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
principal at a rate that is 1% higher than the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (2) METHOD
OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the
January 15 or July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to
defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company,
payment of interest and Special Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with
respect to principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be
in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 (3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of January 29, 2013
(the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms,
and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

  
 A-2

 (5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) At any time prior to February 1, 2016, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any Issuance of Additional Notes), upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 107.875% of the
principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest
Payment Date), with an amount of cash no greater than the net proceeds from all Equity Offerings by the Company since the Issue Date; provided that: 
 (i) at least 65% (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company
and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (ii) the
redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
 (b) At any time prior to
February 1, 2017, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus
the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment
Date. 
 (c) Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s
option prior to February 1, 2017. 
 (d) On or after February 1, 2017, the Company may on any one or
more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special
Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	103.938	% 
	 2017
	  	 	101.969	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (6) MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. 

  
 A-3

 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required
to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of
Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with the Indenture to purchase, prepay or
redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be
purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or
redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer,
the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in connection
with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the applicable agent shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes
issued in global form, in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC), based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. Holders
of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 (c) Upon the occurrence of a Political Risk Insurance Event, within
five Business Days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds (for the avoidance of doubt, after giving effect to the application of amounts paid or to be paid as described in clause (i) or
(ii) of the definition of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds in the Indenture) exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make a Political Risk Insurance Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari
passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of political risk insurance covering the San Bartolomé Mine in accordance with
the Indenture to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in
connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds. The offer price in any Political Risk Insurance Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to 

  
 A-4

 
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds remain after consummation of a Political Risk Insurance
Offer, the Company may use those Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be
prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Political Risk Insurance Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the applicable agent shall select such other pari passu
Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (or, in case of Notes issued in global form by lot or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange, based on the amounts
tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed. Upon completion of each Political Risk Insurance Offer, the amount of Excess Political Risk Insurance Proceeds will be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will
receive a Political Risk Insurance Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

 (8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail (or, in the case of Notes issued in global form, electronic transmission), a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed
at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed (or electronically transmitted to DTC) more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. 
 (9)
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be
registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any
taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture. 
 (11)
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture
or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any
Holder of Notes, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the
Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to comply with 

  
 A-5

 
the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, or the Note Guarantees to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture,
the Notes, or the Note Guarantees, which intent may be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to that effect, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any
Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
 (12)
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes; (ii) default in
the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium on, if any, the Notes, (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01 of the
Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single
class to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.09, 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture; (vi) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which default is
a Payment Default or results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of its Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of
the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, to pay final judgments (net of any amounts covered by insurance policies issued by a reputable and
creditworthy insurance company that is not contesting liability for such amounts) entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60
days; (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any such
Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and (ix) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant subsidiary or any group of
Restricted subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary. In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further
action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Holders may
not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of
Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes by 

  
 A-6

 
written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its respective consequences under
the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). The Company is required to
deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of
Default. 
 (13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH
COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
 (14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST
OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 (15) AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 

(16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such
as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

(17) ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the
Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 29, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on
the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, among the Company, the
Guarantors and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 

(18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (19) GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

  
 A-7

 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation 

505 Front Avenue 
 Coeur d’Alene, Idaho
83814 
 Facsimile No.: (208) 667-2213 
 Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-8

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	  

		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

	
	  

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

  

	
	  

	  

	  

	  

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 Date:
                     
  

					
	Your Signature:	 	  

	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
        
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-9

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10, Section 4.15 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

					
	 ̈    Section 4.10	 	 ̈    Section 4.15	 	 ̈    Section 4.21
		 		 	

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10, Section 4.15 or Section 4.21 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$             
 Date:                      

 

					
	Your Signature:	 	  

	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	  

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                         
        
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-10

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of
 decrease in
Principal Amount
 of

this Global Note
	 	 Amount of
 increase in
 Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount
of this Global Note

following such

decrease
 (or increase)
	 	 Signature of
 authorized officer
 of Trustee or

Custodian

		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-11

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation 

505 Front Avenue 
 Coeur d’Alene, Idaho
83814 
 Facsimile No.: (208) 667-2213 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

[—] 
 Re: 7.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of January 29, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Capitalized terms
used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In
connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.     ̈     Check if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

2.     ̈     Check if Transferee will take
delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor
and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)
of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration 

  
 B-1

 
requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for
the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the
restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

3.     ̈     Check and complete if
Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 

(a)     ̈     such Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)     ̈     such Transfer is
being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)     ̈     such Transfer is
being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 

(d)     ̈     such Transfer is
being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it
has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive
Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the
Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
 4.     ̈    
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
 (a)     ̈     Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions 

  
 B-2

 
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

(b)     ̈     Check if Transfer is Pursuant to
Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)     ̈     Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
		 	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

 Dated:
                     
 Signature
Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 B-3

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈     a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈     144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈     Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈     IAI Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈     a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈     a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈     144A Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈     Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈     IAI Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈     Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
            ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈     a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈     an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation 

505 Front Avenue 
 Coeur d’Alene, Idaho
83814 
 Facsimile No.: (208) 667-2213 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 The Bank of New York Mellon 

[—] 
 Re: 7.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 
 (CUSIP
[        ]) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 29,
2013 (the “Indenture”), among Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, an Idaho corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 

(a)     ̈    Check if Exchange is from
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any state of the United States. 

(b)     ̈    Check if Exchange is from
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(c)     ̈    Check if Exchange is from
Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the beneficial interest is 

  
 C-1

 
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)     ̈    Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In
connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 

(a)     ̈    Check if Exchange is from
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount,
the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive
Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)     ̈    Check if Exchange is
from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]     ̈    144A Global Note,     ̈    Regulation S Global Note,     ̈    IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and
(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the
statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
		 	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 C-2

 Dated:
                     
 Signature
Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 C-3

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation 
 505 Front
Avenue 
 Coeur d’Alene, Idaho 83814 
 Facsimile No.: (208) 667-2213 
 Attention: General Counsel 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
 [—] 
 Re: 7.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among Coeur d’Alene
Mines Corporation, an Idaho corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of $         aggregate
principal amount of: 
 (a)     ̈     a
beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

(b)     ̈     a Definitive Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by,
and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any
interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial
interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the
Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies 

  
 D-1

 
with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under
the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear
the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for
our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or
official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     
 Signature
Guarantee*:
                                        

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE 
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term
includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of January 29, 2013 (the
“Indenture”) among Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, an Idaho corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the
due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of,
premium on, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture
and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is
hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have
the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 E-1

 EXHIBIT F 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation (or its permitted
successor), an Idaho corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of January 29, 2013 providing for the issuance of 7.875% Senior
Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the
terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of
the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration
of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as
follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 

4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator
or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws. 
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

  
 F-1

 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings
herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 8. THE TRUSTEE.
The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 F-2

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
                    , 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	COEUR D’ALENE MINES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK
MELLON,
   as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 F-3Registration Rights Agreement, dated January 29, 2013

 Exhibit 4.2 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT 
 Dated as of January 29, 2013 

by and among 
 COEUR D’ALENE CORPORATION 
 THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON
SCHEDULE I HERETO 
 and 
 BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC. 
  

 

 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and
entered into as of January 29, 2013, by and among Coeur d’Alene Mines Corporation, an Idaho corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Guarantors”) and
Barclays Capital Inc., as initial purchaser (the “Initial Purchaser”), who has agreed to purchase the Company’s 7.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement (as defined below). 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated January 24, 2013 (the
“Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser. In order to induce the Initial Purchaser to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchaser set forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes (the
“Indenture”). 
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS 

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 

Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 Affiliate: As defined in Rule 144 of the Act. 

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at
a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
 Closing Date: The
date hereof. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of
(a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (b) the maintenance of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously
effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (c) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same
aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

  
 1 

 Entitled Securities: Each Initial Note until the earliest to occur of
(a) the date on which such Initial Note has been exchanged by a Person other than a Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Note in the Exchange Offer, (b) following the exchange by a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer of an Initial Note for an
Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (c) the date
on which such Initial Note has been effectively registered under the Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement, or (d) the date on which such Initial Note is actually sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act.

 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 Exchange Notes: The Company’s 7.875% Senior Notes due 2021 to be issued pursuant
to the Indenture: (i) in the Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 4 hereof. 
 Exchange Notes
Issue Deadline: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof. 
 Exchange Offer: The exchange and issuance by
the Company of a principal amount of Exchange Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal amount of Initial Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn by such
Holders in connection with such exchange and issuance. 
 Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline: As defined in
Section 3(a) hereof. 
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to
the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
 Free Writing Prospectus: Each offer to sell or
solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act, prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company
in connection with the sale of the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes. 
 Holders: As defined in
Section 2 hereof. 
 Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes. 

Person: An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity. 
 Prospectus: The prospectus
included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material
incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Recommencement Date: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

  
 2 

 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of
Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Entitled Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement,
(ii) including the Prospectus included therein, and (iii) including all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

Rule 144: Rule 144 promulgated under the Act. 
 Shelf Effectiveness Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Shelf Filing Trigger Date: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 

Special Interest: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 6(d) hereof. 

Target Registration Date: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof. 

TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.

 SECTION 2. HOLDERS 
 A Person is deemed to be a holder of Entitled Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Entitled Securities. 
 SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors
shall (i) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission, (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective, (iii) in connection
with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause it to become effective, (B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, and (C) cause all necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit
Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have been complied with), upon the effectiveness
of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (A) commence and Consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to January 29, 2014 (such date being the “Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline”) and (B) use their

  
 3 

 
commercially reasonable efforts to issue on or prior to 35 Business Days, or longer, if required by applicable securities laws, after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
was declared effective by the Commission (such 35th Business Day, or such later date required by applicable securities laws, being the “Exchange Notes Issue Deadline”), Exchange Notes in exchange for all Initial Notes
tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting (i) registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Initial Notes that are Entitled Securities and
(ii) resales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial
Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
 (b) The
Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period
required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer
to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 (c) The Company shall include a “Plan of Distribution” section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds
Entitled Securities that were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), may
exchange such Entitled Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to
permit such sales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Entitled Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission as a
result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement. 
 Because such Broker-Dealer may be deemed
to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange
Offer, the Company and Guarantors shall permit the use of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by such Broker-Dealer to satisfy such prospectus delivery requirement. To the extent necessary to ensure that the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is available for sales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(a) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of 180 days from the Exchange Notes Issue Deadline or such shorter period as will terminate when all Entitled Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold
pursuant thereto. The 

  
 4 

 
Company and the Guarantors shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than two Business Days
after such request, at any time during such period. 
 SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION 

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not (A) required to file the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or (B) permitted to Consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the Company and the Guarantors have complied with the procedures set forth in
Section 6(a)(i) below) or (ii) any Holder notifies the Company prior to the 20th Business Day following Consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the
Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or
available for such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates, then the Company and the Guarantors, shall: 

(x) use their commercially reasonable efforts on or prior to 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date as of which the Company
determines that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement will not be or cannot be, as the case may be, filed as a result of clause (a)(i) above and (ii) the date on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (a)(ii) above (such
earlier date, the “Shelf Filing Trigger Date” and 30 days after a Shelf Filing Trigger Date, a “Shelf Filing Deadline”), to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which
may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”)), covering the resale of all Entitled Securities, and 

(y) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 90 days after
the Shelf Filing Deadline for the Shelf Registration Statement (such 90th day the “Shelf Effectiveness Deadline”). 
 If, after the Company and the Guarantors have filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors are required to file
and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable federal law (i.e., clause (a)(i)(B) above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to satisfy
the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that, in such event, the Company and the Guarantors shall remain obligated to meet the Shelf Effectiveness Deadline set forth in clause (y). 

To the extent necessary to ensure that the Shelf Registration Statement is available for sales of Entitled Securities by the Holders
thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required to be registered therein pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep any
Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(b) and 6(c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this
Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and 

  
 5 

 
regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years (as extended pursuant to Section 6(d)) following the Closing Date, or such shorter period as
will terminate when all Entitled Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto or are no longer Entitled Securities. 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder may include any of its Entitled Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement
pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 15 days after receipt of a request therefor, the information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of the Act, or other
information reasonably requested by the Company and required by Regulation S-K of the Act, for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder shall be entitled to Special
Interest pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until (and from and after such time) such Holder shall have provided all such information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order
to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading and shall promptly supply such other information as the Company may from time to time reasonably request. 

SECTION 5. SPECIAL INTEREST 
 If (i) the Exchange Offer is not Consummated on or prior to the Exchange Offer Consummation Deadline; (ii) the Company and the Guarantors fail to file any Shelf Registration Statement required
by this Agreement on or before the Shelf Filing Deadline; (iii) any such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the Shelf Effectiveness Deadline; (iv) the Company and the Guarantors fail to
Consummate the Exchange Offer by the Exchange Notes Issue Deadline; or (v) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with
resales of Entitled Securities during the periods specified in this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above, a “Registration Default”), then the Company and the Guarantors hereby
jointly and severally agree to pay to each Holder affected thereby special interest (“Special Interest”) at a rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Entitled Securities held by such Holder with respect to the
first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The rate of the Special Interest shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration
Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum rate of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of the Entitled Securities outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein,
(1) upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer, in the case of clause (i) or (iv) above, (2) the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement, in the case of clause (ii) above, (3) upon the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, in the case of clause (iii) above, or (4) upon the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
(and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be declared effective or made usable in the case of clause (v) above, the Special Interest payable with respect to the Entitled Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii),
(iii), (iv) or (v), as applicable, shall cease. 

  
 6 

 All accrued Special Interest shall be paid by the Company and the Guarantors (or the Company
and the Guarantors will cause the Paying Agent to make such payment on their behalf) to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the
Indenture, the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which Special Interest are due cease to be Entitled Securities, all obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to pay Special Interest with
respect to securities that accrued prior to the time that such securities ceased to be Entitled Securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to such securities shall have been satisfied in full. 

SECTION 6. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES 
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall (x) comply with all applicable provisions of Section 6(c) below,
(y) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of
its market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and (z) comply
with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) If, following the date hereof there has been announced a change in
Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the Exchange Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law, the Company
and the Guarantors hereby agree either to (x) seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Entitled Securities, or (y) file, in
accordance with Section 4(a) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement to permit the registration and/or resale of the Entitled Securities that would otherwise be covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement but for the announcement of a
change in Commission policy. In the case of clause (x) above, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take action not commercially
reasonable to affect a change of Commission policy. In connection with the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to take all such other actions as may be requested by the Commission or otherwise required in connection with the
issuance of such decision, including without limitation (A) participating in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases,
if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted, and (C) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable and which need not be a written resolution) by the Commission staff.

 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each Holder (including, without limitation,
any Holder who is a Broker-Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the letter

  
 7 

 
of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business, and
(D) only if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own private account as a result of market making or other trading activities, it will deliver a
Prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any sale of such Exchange Notes. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer each Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes shall
acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the
date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the
Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K. 
 (iii) Prior to effectiveness
of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are registering the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of
the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman &
Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a representation that the Company and Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding
with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s and each Guarantor’s information and belief, each Holder participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the
Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes received in the Exchange Offer, and (C) any other undertaking or representation
required by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, if applicable. 

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 (i) comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and use commercially reasonable efforts to
effect such registration to permit the sale of the Entitled Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of 

  
 8 

 
distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Company and the Guarantors will prepare and file
with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Entitled Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, and 
 (ii) issue to any
Holder or purchaser of Initial Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, upon the request of any such Holder or purchaser, registered Initial Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of Initial Notes in the names as such Holder or purchaser shall designate. 
 (c) General Provisions. In
connection with any Registration Statement and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this
Agreement, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Entitled Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file
promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review is required, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable. 

(ii) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration
Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as
so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A, and 462, as applicable, under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all
securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

 (iii) advise (a) each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration
Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement), and (b) each Holder who has provided notice to the Company promptly and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments
to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional 

  
 9 

 
information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any
state securities commission of the qualification of the Entitled Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the happening of any event that requires the
Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein do not contain an untrue
statement of material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. If at
any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from
qualification of the Entitled Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 

(iv) subject to Section 6(d), if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or
have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the
purchasers of Entitled Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; 
 (v) furnish to each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration
Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or
supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such
Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least three Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus
(including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which such Holders shall reasonably object within three Business Days after the receipt thereof; 
 (vi) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by a representative of the Holders selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Entitled Securities included in a Shelf
Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and any attorney or accountant retained by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Entitled Securities included in such Shelf Registration Statement, all financial and
other records, pertinent corporate documents of the Company and the Guarantors reasonably requested and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, 

  
 10 

 
directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective
amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; provided that any representative, attorney or accountant requesting or receiving such information shall agree to be bound by reasonable confidentiality
agreements and procedures with respect thereto; 
 (vii) if requested by any Holders whose Entitled Securities
have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, promptly include in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or
post-effective amendment if necessary, such information with respect to such Holders as such Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the
Entitled Securities and the use of the Registration Statement or Prospectus for market making activities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of
the matters to be included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (viii) furnish to each
Holder, upon written request, whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, without charge, at least one copy of
the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 

(ix) deliver to each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of
a Shelf Registration Statement) without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holders reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to
the use (in accordance with law and subject to Section 6(d) hereof) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder in connection with the offering and the sale of the Entitled Securities covered by the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
 (x) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting
agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Entitled Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by
this Agreement, all to such extent as may be customarily and reasonably requested by the Initial Purchaser or, in the case of registration for resale of Entitled Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, by any Holder or Holders of
Entitled Securities who hold at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of such class of Entitled Securities; provided, that, the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to enter into any such agreement more than once with respect to
all of the Entitled Securities and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, may delay entering into such agreement if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the best interests of the Company

  
 11 

 
and the Guarantors not to disclose the existence of or facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company and the Guarantors. In such connection, the
Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (A) upon the request of any Holder, furnish (or in the case of paragraphs
(2) and (3), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be furnished) to each such Holder (in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement) and any underwriter, upon Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement, as the case may be: 
 (1) a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of the
Company and each Guarantor by (x) the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and (y) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company and such Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, such matters as such Holders
may reasonably request; 
 (2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in customary form and covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, including negative
assurance; and 
 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, or as of
the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in
connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 7(f) and (g) of the Purchase Agreement; and 

(B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the selling Holders to evidence
compliance with the matters covered in clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in any agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (xi); 

(xi) prior to any public offering of Entitled Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in
connection with the registration and qualification of the Entitled Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Entitled Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where
it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject; 

  
 12 

 (xii) in connection with any sale of Entitled Securities that will result in
such securities no longer being Entitled Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Entitled Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to register
such Entitled Securities in such denominations and such names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Entitled Securities; 

(xiii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the disposition of the Entitled Securities covered by the Registration
Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Entitled Securities, subject to the proviso contained in
clause (xii) above; 
 (xiv) provide a CUSIP number for all Entitled Securities not later than the effective
date of a Registration Statement covering such Entitled Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Entitled Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

 (xv) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the
Commission, and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Act (which need not be
audited) covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the Act); 

(xvi) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration
Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA;
and execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to
be so qualified in a timely manner; and 
 (xvii) provide promptly to each Holder, upon written request, each
document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 

(d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of an Entitled Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred
to in Section 6(c)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a “Suspension Notice”), such Holder will forthwith
discontinue disposition of Entitled Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until (i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(iv) hereof, or (ii) such
Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated 

  
 13 

 
by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the “Recommencement Date”). Each Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will either (i) destroy any
Prospectuses, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently dated Prospectuses, or (ii) deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies,
other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Entitled Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the effectiveness of such
Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice to the Recommencement
Date. 
 SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES 
 All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes
effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of preparation,
printing and distribution of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto and printing of certificates (if any) for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer;
(iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable and documented fees of one counsel for all of the Holders of Entitled Securities selected by the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of Entitled Securities being registered; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the
requirements hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such
performance); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company or the Guarantors be responsible for any underwriting discounts, commissions or fees, brokerage commissions or transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale or other
disposition of Entitled Securities. 
 The Company will, in any event, bear its and the Guarantors’ internal expenses
(including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the
Company or the Guarantors. 
 SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its directors, officers and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning
of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, (including without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus, Free Writing 

  
 14 

 
Prospectus or any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 of the Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act (or in any amendment or supplement
thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except
insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company
by or on behalf of any of the Holders. 
 (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company and the Guarantors, and their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, or the Guarantors to the same
extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors set forth in section (a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly
for use in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder
with respect to its sale of Entitled Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the sum of: (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Entitled Securities plus (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder, its
directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. 

(c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a)
or 8(b) (the “indemnified party”), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party
shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all fees and expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in respect of
which indemnity may be sought pursuant to both Sections 8(a) and 8(b), a Holder shall not be required to assume the defense of such action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but may employ separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof,
but the fees and expenses of such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Holder). Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party has failed to
assume the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party,
and the indemnified party has been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall
not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party). In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one 

  
 15 

 
separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in
writing by a majority of the Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company and Guarantors, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify
and hold harmless the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action effected with its written consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which the
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the
indemnified party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the
indemnified party. 
 (d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an
indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on
the other hand, from their sale of Entitled Securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in
clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the Holder, on the other hand, and the
parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments referred to
above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8(c) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 

The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations
set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with 

  
 16 

 
investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 8, no Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if any, who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with
respect to the sale of Entitled Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the sum of: (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Entitled Securities plus (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise paid or
become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Entitled Securities held by each
Holder hereunder and not joint. 
 SECTION 9. RULE 144A AND RULE 144 

The Company and each Guarantor agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Entitled Securities remain outstanding and during any period in
which the Company or such Guarantor (i) is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder, to such Holder or beneficial owner of Entitled Securities in connection with any sale thereof
and any prospective purchaser of such Entitled Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales of such Entitled Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Act, and (ii) is subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make all filings required thereby in a timely manner in order to permit resales of such Entitled Securities pursuant to Rule 144. 

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS 

(a) Remedies. The Company and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that any failure by the Company and/or the Guarantors to comply
with their respective obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchaser or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such
injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchaser or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Sections 3 and 4
hereof. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
 (b) Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any
“written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) in connection with the issuance and sale of the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes, other than (i) any communication pursuant to Rule 134, Rule 135 or Rule 135c under
the Act, (ii) any document constituting an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes that falls within the exception from the definition of prospectus in Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Act, or
(iii) a prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act or of Rule 430, Rule 430A, Rule 430B, Rule 430C or Rule 431 under the Act. 

  
 17 

 (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and any Guarantor will not, on or after
the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The Company and any Guarantor have
not previously entered into, nor is currently a party to, any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person that would require such securities to be included in any Registration Statement filed hereunder.
The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

 (d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers
or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 10(d)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Entitled
Securities, and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Entitled Securities (excluding Entitled Securities held by the Company
or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Entitled Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and that
does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose Entitled Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Entitled Securities
subject to such Exchange Offer. 
 (e) Additional Guarantors. The Company shall cause any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(as defined in the Indenture) that becomes, prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, a Guarantor in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture to become a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor. 

(f) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company
and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchaser, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights
of Holders hereunder. 
 (g) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand delivery, mail, facsimile or electronic transmission: 
 (i) if to a Holder, at the
address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and 
 (ii) if to the Company or the Guarantors: 
 Coeur d’Alene
Mines Corporation 
 505 Front Avenue 

Coeur d’Alene, Idaho 83814 
 Attention: General Counsel 

  
 18 

 Facsimile No.: (208) 667-2213 

With a copy to: 
 Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP 
 200 Park Avenue 

New York, New York 10156 
 Attention: Steven Shoemate 
 Facsimile: (212) 351-5316

 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee
at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (h) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment,
transfer or other disposition of Entitled Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Entitled Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or
otherwise, such Entitled Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Entitled Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the
terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. 

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (j) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 

(k) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 
 (l) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein
shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 

  
 19 

 (m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression
of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings,
other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Entitled Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such
subject matter. 
 [Signature Pages Follow] 

  
 20 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	COEUR D’ALENE MINES CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR ALASKA, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR EXPLORATIONS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR ROCHESTER, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
	
	COEUR SOUTH AMERICA CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.

	Name:	 	Frank L. Hanagarne Jr.
	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT] 

 
			
	BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
		
	By	 	 /s/ Paul Cugno

	Name:	 	Paul Cugno
	Title:	 	Managing Director

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT] 

 SCHEDULE I 

Guarantors 
 Coeur Alaska, Inc.

 Coeur Rochester, Inc. 
 Coeur South
America Corp. 
 Coeur Explorations, Inc.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00212-of-00352.parquet"}]]